Minki/linux
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux.git synced 2024-11-18 10:01:43 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
17091180b1
linux/net/dsa/slave.c

1797 lines
44 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/*
* net/dsa/slave.c - Slave device handling
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:52:09 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 2008-2009 Marvell Semiconductor
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*/
#include <linux/list.h>
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include <linux/phy.h>
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix those by including the correct header files. Fixes: ec9436baedb6 ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment") Fixes: ce31b31c68e7 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-17 23:02:13 +00:00
#include <linux/phy_fixed.h>
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
#include <linux/phylink.h>
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
#include <linux/of_net.h>
#include <linux/of_mdio.h>
phy: Add API for {un}registering an mdio device to a bus. Rather than have drivers directly manipulate the mii_bus structure, provide and API for registering and unregistering devices on an MDIO bus, and performing lookups. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:18 +00:00
#include <linux/mdio.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <net/rtnetlink.h>
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
#include <net/pkt_cls.h>
#include <net/tc_act/tc_mirred.h>
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
#include <linux/if_bridge.h>
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
#include <linux/ptp_classify.h>
net: dsa: include dsa.h only once The public include/net/dsa.h file is meant for DSA drivers, while all DSA core files share a common private header net/dsa/dsa_priv.h file. Ensure that dsa_priv.h is the only DSA core file to include net/dsa.h, and add a new line to separate absolute and relative headers at the same time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-17 19:46:03 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
#include "dsa_priv.h"
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
static bool dsa_slave_dev_check(struct net_device *dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* slave mii_bus handling ***************************************************/
static int dsa_slave_phy_read(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_read(ds, addr, reg);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0xffff;
}
static int dsa_slave_phy_write(struct mii_bus *bus, int addr, int reg, u16 val)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = bus->priv;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
if (ds->phys_mii_mask & (1 << addr))
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
return ds->ops->phy_write(ds, addr, reg, val);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
void dsa_slave_mii_bus_init(struct dsa_switch *ds)
{
ds->slave_mii_bus->priv = (void *)ds;
ds->slave_mii_bus->name = "dsa slave smi";
ds->slave_mii_bus->read = dsa_slave_phy_read;
ds->slave_mii_bus->write = dsa_slave_phy_write;
net: dsa: Provide unique DSA slave MII bus names In case we have multiples trees and switches with the same index, we need to add another discriminating id: the switch tree. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-07 23:32:38 +00:00
snprintf(ds->slave_mii_bus->id, MII_BUS_ID_SIZE, "dsa-%d.%d",
net: dsa: make tree index unsigned Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to "index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less than 0. u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to be propagated up to the tree index. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-03 23:05:21 +00:00
ds->dst->index, ds->index);
dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info() messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:23 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->parent = ds->dev;
net: dsa: set slave MII bus PHY mask When registering a mdio bus, Linux assumes than every port has a PHY and tries to scan it. If a switch port has no PHY registered, DSA will fail to register the slave MII bus. To fix this, set the slave MII bus PHY mask to the switch PHYs mask. As an example, if we use a Marvell MV88E6352 (which is a 7-port switch with no registered PHYs for port 5 and port 6), with the following declared names: static struct dsa_chip_data switch_cdata = { [...] .port_names[0] = "sw0", .port_names[1] = "sw1", .port_names[2] = "sw2", .port_names[3] = "sw3", .port_names[4] = "sw4", .port_names[5] = "cpu", }; DSA will fail to create the switch instance. With the PHY mask set for the slave MII bus, only the PHY for ports 0-4 will be scanned and the instance will be successfully created. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-01-21 00:13:32 +00:00
ds->slave_mii_bus->phy_mask = ~ds->phys_mii_mask;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
/* slave device handling ****************************************************/
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_iflink(const struct net_device *dev)
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
return dsa_slave_to_master(dev)->ifindex;
dsa: set ->iflink on slave interfaces to the ifindex of the parent ..so that we can parse the DSA topology from 'ip link' output: 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue 2: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 3: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast qlen 1000 4: lan1@eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 5: lan2@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 6: lan3@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue 7: lan4@eth0: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-03-20 09:49:49 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
int err;
if (!(master->flags & IFF_UP))
return -ENETDOWN;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
err = dev_set_allmulti(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto del_unicast;
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC) {
err = dev_set_promiscuity(master, 1);
if (err < 0)
goto clear_allmulti;
}
net: dsa: use slave device phydev There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 21:15:32 +00:00
err = dsa_port_enable(dp, dev->phydev);
net: dsa: add port enable and disable helpers Provide dsa_port_enable and dsa_port_disable helpers to respectively enable and disable a switch port. This makes the dsa_port_set_state_now helper static. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-22 23:01:56 +00:00
if (err)
goto clear_promisc;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_start(dp->pl);
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:17 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:18 +00:00
clear_promisc:
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dsa: fix promiscuity leak on slave dev open error DSA master netdev promiscuity counter was not being properly decremented on slave device open error path. Signed-off-by: Gilad Ben-Yossef <gilad@benyossef.com> CC: Gilad Ben-Yossef <giladb@ezchip.com> CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> CC: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> CC: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> CC: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-25 13:50:13 +00:00
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
clear_allmulti:
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
del_unicast:
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
return err;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
cancel_work_sync(&dp->xmit_work);
skb_queue_purge(&dp->xmit_queue);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
net: dsa: start and stop the PHY state machine dsa_slave_open() should start the PHY library state machine for its PHY interface, and dsa_slave_close() should stop the PHY library state machine accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:17 +00:00
dsa: Remove phydev parameter from disable_port call No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the disable_port call. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-24 19:44:43 +00:00
dsa_port_disable(dp);
net: dsa: make slave close symmetrical to open The DSA slave open function configures the unicast MAC addresses on the master device, enable the switch port, change its STP state, then start the PHY device. Make the close function symmetric, by first stopping the PHY device, then changing the STP state, disabling the switch port and restore the master device. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-22 23:01:55 +00:00
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
dev_mc_unsync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_unsync(master, dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master, -1);
if (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master, -1);
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int change)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: slave: Don't propagate flag changes on down slave interfaces The unbalance of master's promiscuity or allmulti will happen after ifdown and ifup a slave interface which is in a bridge. When we ifdown a slave interface , both the 'dsa_slave_close' and 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' will clear the master's flags. The flags of master will be decrease twice. In the other hand, if we ifup the slave interface again, since the slave's flags were cleared the 'dsa_slave_open' won't set the master's flag, only 'dsa_slave_change_rx_flags' that triggered by 'br_add_if' will set the master's flags. The flags of master is increase once. Only propagating flag changes when a slave interface is up makes sure this does not happen. The 'vlan_dev_change_rx_flags' had the same problem and was fixed, and changes here follows that fix. Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Rundong Ge <rdong.ge@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-02 14:29:35 +00:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
if (change & IFF_ALLMULTI)
dev_set_allmulti(master,
dev->flags & IFF_ALLMULTI ? 1 : -1);
if (change & IFF_PROMISC)
dev_set_promiscuity(master,
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? 1 : -1);
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static void dsa_slave_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
dev_mc_sync(master, dev);
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_sync(master, dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, void *a)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
struct sockaddr *addr = a;
int err;
if (!is_valid_ether_addr(addr->sa_data))
return -EADDRNOTAVAIL;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
goto out;
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(addr->sa_data, master->dev_addr)) {
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
err = dev_uc_add(master, addr->sa_data);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
}
dsa: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-05-08 18:56:57 +00:00
if (!ether_addr_equal(dev->dev_addr, master->dev_addr))
net: move address list functions to a separate file +little renaming of unicast functions to be smooth with multicast ones Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:09 +00:00
dev_uc_del(master, dev->dev_addr);
dsa: fix master interface allmulti/promisc handling Before commit b6c40d68ff6498b7f63ddf97cf0aa818d748dee7 ("net: only invoke dev->change_rx_flags when device is UP"), the dsa driver could sort-of get away with only fiddling with the master interface's allmulti/promisc counts in ->change_rx_flags() and not touching them in ->open() or ->stop(). After this commit (note that it was merged almost simultaneously with the dsa patches, which is why this wasn't caught initially), the breakage that was already there became more apparent. Since it makes no sense to keep the master interface's allmulti or promisc count pinned for a slave interface that is down, copy the vlan driver's sync logic (which does exactly what we want) over to dsa to fix this. Bug report from Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> and Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com>. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-11-11 05:53:12 +00:00
out:
dsa: Use ether_addr_copy Use ether_addr_copy instead of memcpy(a, b, ETH_ALEN) to save some cycles on arm and powerpc. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-01-20 17:52:20 +00:00
ether_addr_copy(dev->dev_addr, addr->sa_data);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx {
struct net_device *dev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
struct netlink_callback *cb;
int idx;
};
static int
dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump(const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
bool is_static, void *data)
{
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx *dump = data;
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(dump->cb->skb).portid;
u32 seq = dump->cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct ndmsg *ndm;
if (dump->idx < dump->cb->args[2])
goto skip;
nlh = nlmsg_put(dump->skb, portid, seq, RTM_NEWNEIGH,
sizeof(*ndm), NLM_F_MULTI);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
ndm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ndm->ndm_family = AF_BRIDGE;
ndm->ndm_pad1 = 0;
ndm->ndm_pad2 = 0;
ndm->ndm_flags = NTF_SELF;
ndm->ndm_type = 0;
ndm->ndm_ifindex = dump->dev->ifindex;
ndm->ndm_state = is_static ? NUD_NOARP : NUD_REACHABLE;
if (nla_put(dump->skb, NDA_LLADDR, ETH_ALEN, addr))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (vid && nla_put_u16(dump->skb, NDA_VLAN, vid))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(dump->skb, nlh);
skip:
dump->idx++;
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(dump->skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int
dsa_slave_fdb_dump(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb,
struct net_device *dev, struct net_device *filter_dev,
int *idx)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_dump_ctx dump = {
.dev = dev,
.skb = skb,
.cb = cb,
.idx = *idx,
};
int err;
net: dsa: add port fdb dump Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and dsa_port_fdb_del. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:32:14 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_dump(dp, dsa_slave_port_fdb_do_dump, &dump);
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
*idx = dump.idx;
net: dsa: add port fdb dump Dumping a DSA port's FDB entries is not specific to a DSA slave, so add a dsa_port_fdb_dump function, similarly to dsa_port_fdb_add and dsa_port_fdb_del. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:32:14 +00:00
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
return err;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_ioctl(struct net_device *dev, struct ifreq *ifr, int cmd)
{
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
int port = p->dp->index;
/* Pass through to switch driver if it supports timestamping */
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCGHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_get(ds, port, ifr);
break;
case SIOCSHWTSTAMP:
if (ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set)
return ds->ops->port_hwtstamp_set(ds, port, ifr);
break;
}
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_mii_ioctl(p->dp->pl, ifr, cmd);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_attr_set(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: make struct switchdev_attr parameter const for attr_set calls Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-14 17:40:49 +00:00
const struct switchdev_attr *attr,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 08:02:41 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: fix preparation of a port STP update Because of the default 0 value of ret in dsa_slave_port_attr_set, a driver may return -EOPNOTSUPP from the commit phase of a STP state, which triggers a WARN() from switchdev. This happened on a 6185 switch which does not support hardware bridging. Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-29 16:38:36 +00:00
int ret;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
switch (attr->id) {
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_ATTR_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_* To be aligned with obj. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:42 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE:
net: dsa: change scope of STP state setter Instead of having multiple STP state helpers scoping a slave device supporting both the DSA logic and the switchdev binding, provide a single dsa_port_set_state helper scoping a DSA port, as well as its dsa_port_set_state_now wrapper which skips the prepare phase. This allows us to better separate the DSA logic from the slave device handling. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:36 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_set_state(dp, attr->u.stp_state, trans);
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN filtering setter Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN filtering attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:42 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_vlan_filtering(dp, attr->u.vlan_filtering,
trans);
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-02-26 18:16:00 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME:
net: dsa: change scope of ageing time setter Change the scope of the switchdev bridge ageing time attribute setter from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Also ds->ports is now a contiguous array of dsa_port structures, thus their addresses cannot be NULL. Remove the useless check in dsa_fastest_ageing_time. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:43 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_ageing_time(dp, attr->u.ageing_time, trans);
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-19 00:45:38 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: Add setter for SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS In preparation for removing SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS_SUPPORT, add support for a function that processes the SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS and SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attributes and returns not supported for any flag set, since DSA does not currently support toggling those bridge port attributes (yet). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-21 00:58:22 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
ret = dsa_port_pre_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags,
trans);
break;
net: dsa: add support for bridge flags The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames. This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> [florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build] Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 23:35:04 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS:
ret = dsa_port_bridge_flags(dp, attr->u.brport_flags, trans);
break;
switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set. For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the commit phase. This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW (unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway). Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 16:47:51 +00:00
default:
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return ret;
}
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_add(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj,
switchdev: introduce transaction item queue for attr_set and obj_add Now, the memory allocation in prepare/commit state is done separatelly in each driver (rocker). Introduce the similar mechanism in generic switchdev code, in form of queue. That can be used not only for memory allocations, but also for different items. Abort item destruction is handled as well. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 08:02:41 +00:00
struct switchdev_trans *trans)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
/* For the prepare phase, ensure the full set of changes is feasable in
* one go in order to signal a failure properly. If an operation is not
* supported, return -EOPNOTSUPP.
*/
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj), trans);
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: slave: Handle switchdev host mdb add/del Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an MDB on this port. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 22:11:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
err = dsa_port_mdb_add(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj),
trans);
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN handlers Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:41 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_add(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj),
trans);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
static int dsa_slave_port_obj_del(struct net_device *dev,
switchdev: bring back switchdev_obj and use it as a generic object param Replace "void *obj" with a generic structure. Introduce couple of helpers along that. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:45 +00:00
const struct switchdev_obj *obj)
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
int err;
switchdev: push object ID back to object structure Suggested-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:46 +00:00
switch (obj->id) {
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB:
net: dsa: change scope of MDB handlers Change the scope of the switchdev MDB object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:40 +00:00
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-31 15:50:03 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: slave: Handle switchdev host mdb add/del Add code to handle switchdev host mdb add/del. Since DSA uses one of the switch ports as a transport to the host, we just need to add an MDB on this port. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 22:11:00 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB:
/* DSA can directly translate this to a normal MDB add,
* but on the CPU port.
*/
err = dsa_port_mdb_del(dp->cpu_dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_MDB(obj));
break;
switchdev: rename SWITCHDEV_OBJ_* enum values to SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_* Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-01 09:03:41 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN:
net: dsa: change scope of VLAN handlers Change the scope of the switchdev VLAN object handlers from the DSA slave device to the generic DSA port, so that the future port-wide API can also be used for other port types, such as CPU and DSA links. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:41 +00:00
err = dsa_port_vlan_del(dp, SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN(obj));
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-13 16:52:17 +00:00
break;
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-10 13:09:53 +00:00
default:
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
break;
}
return err;
}
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_phys_item_id *ppid)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Fix SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is used by the software bridge when determining which ports to flood a packet out. If the packet originated from a switch, it assumes the switch has already flooded the packet out the switches ports, so the bridge should not flood the packet itself out switch ports. Ports on the same switch are expected to return the same parent ID when SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID is called. DSA gets this wrong with clusters of switches. As far as the software bridge is concerned, the cluster is all one switch. A packet from any switch in the cluster can be assumed to have been flooded as needed out of all ports of the cluster, not just the switch it originated from. Hence all ports of a cluster should return the same parent. The old implementation did not, each switch in the cluster had its own ID. Also wrong was that the ID was not unique if multiple DSA instances are in operation. Use the tree ID as the parent ID, which is the same for all switches in a cluster and unique across switch clusters. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-09 21:29:51 +00:00
struct dsa_switch_tree *dst = ds->dst;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
dsa: pass switch ID through devlink_port_attrs_set() Pass the switch ID down the to devlink through devlink_port_attrs_set() so it can be used by devlink_compat_switch_id_get(). Leave ndo_get_port_parent_id implementation only for legacy. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-03 12:24:26 +00:00
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
ppid->id_len = sizeof(dst->index);
memcpy(&ppid->id, &dst->index, ppid->id_len);
return 0;
}
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static inline netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb)
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
if (p->netpoll)
netpoll_send_skb(p->netpoll, skb);
#else
BUG();
#endif
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
static void dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(struct dsa_slave_priv *p,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
struct sk_buff *clone;
unsigned int type;
type = ptp_classify_raw(skb);
if (type == PTP_CLASS_NONE)
return;
if (!ds->ops->port_txtstamp)
return;
clone = skb_clone_sk(skb);
if (!clone)
return;
if (ds->ops->port_txtstamp(ds, p->dp->index, clone, type))
return;
kfree_skb(clone);
}
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
netdev_tx_t dsa_enqueue_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
/* SKB for netpoll still need to be mangled with the protocol-specific
* tag to be successfully transmitted
*/
if (unlikely(netpoll_tx_running(dev)))
return dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb(dev, skb);
/* Queue the SKB for transmission on the parent interface, but
* do not modify its EtherType
*/
skb->dev = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
dev_queue_xmit(skb);
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_enqueue_skb);
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static netdev_tx_t dsa_slave_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
struct sk_buff *nskb;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
s = this_cpu_ptr(p->stats64);
u64_stats_update_begin(&s->syncp);
s->tx_packets++;
s->tx_bytes += skb->len;
u64_stats_update_end(&s->syncp);
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
net: dsa: Initialize DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit variable The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it). The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but: - Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided. - It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since __dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0} initializer was incorrect for that purpose. So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to avoid the performance penalty). Fixes: 97a69a0dea9a ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-11 20:14:45 +00:00
DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit = false;
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:49 +00:00
/* Identify PTP protocol packets, clone them, and pass them to the
* switch driver
*/
dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(p, skb);
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
/* Transmit function may have to reallocate the original SKB,
* in which case it must have freed it. Only free it here on error.
*/
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
nskb = p->xmit(skb, dev);
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
if (!nskb) {
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
if (!DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit)
kfree_skb(skb);
net: dsa: Refactor transmit path to eliminate duplication All tagging protocols do the same thing: increment device statistics, make room for the tag to be inserted, create the tag, invoke the parent network device transmit function. In order to prepare for adding netpoll support, which requires the tag creation, but not using the parent network device transmit function, do some little refactoring which eliminates duplication between the 4 tagging protocols supported. We need to return a sk_buff pointer back to the caller because the tag specific transmit function may have to reallocate the original skb (e.g: tag_trailer.c) and this is the one we should be transmitting, not the original sk_buff we were passed. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:56 +00:00
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
net: dsa: factor skb freeing on xmit As of a86d8becc3f0 ("net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions"), the rcv caller frees the original SKB in case or error. Be symmetric with that and make the xmit caller do the same. At the same time, fix the checkpatch NULL comparison check: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!nskb" #208: FILE: net/dsa/tag_trailer.c:35: + if (nskb == NULL) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-01 20:07:15 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
return dsa_enqueue_skb(nskb, dev);
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
void *dsa_defer_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit = true;
skb_queue_tail(&dp->xmit_queue, skb);
schedule_work(&dp->xmit_work);
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_defer_xmit);
static void dsa_port_xmit_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(work, struct dsa_port, xmit_work);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
struct sk_buff *skb;
if (unlikely(!ds->ops->port_deferred_xmit))
return;
while ((skb = skb_dequeue(&dp->xmit_queue)) != NULL)
ds->ops->port_deferred_xmit(ds, dp->index, skb);
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:52 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* ethtool operations *******************************************************/
static void dsa_slave_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_drvinfo *drvinfo)
{
ethtool: fix drvinfo strings set in drivers Use strlcpy where possible to ensure the string is \0 terminated. Use always sizeof(string) instead of 32, ETHTOOL_BUSINFO_LEN and custom defines. Use snprintf instead of sprint. Remove unnecessary inits of ->fw_version Remove unnecessary inits of drvinfo struct. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-01-06 00:44:26 +00:00
strlcpy(drvinfo->driver, "dsa", sizeof(drvinfo->driver));
strlcpy(drvinfo->fw_version, "N/A", sizeof(drvinfo->fw_version));
strlcpy(drvinfo->bus_info, "platform", sizeof(drvinfo->bus_info));
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_regs_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs_len)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->get_regs_len(ds, dp->index);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static void
dsa_slave_get_regs(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_regs *regs, void *_p)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_regs)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_regs(ds, dp->index, regs, _p);
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_nway_reset(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_nway_reset(dp->pl);
}
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: slave: chip data is optional, don't dereference NULL The new binding does not make use of dsa_chip_data, a.k.a cd. When retrieving the size of the EEPROM attached to a switch, don't assume there is a cd attached to the switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-04 19:16:52 +00:00
if (ds->cd && ds->cd->eeprom_len)
dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd. However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data. This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c and slave.c for this data type. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-05-10 21:27:24 +00:00
return ds->cd->eeprom_len;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom_len)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom_len(ds);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return 0;
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_eeprom)
return ds->ops->get_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
static int dsa_slave_set_eeprom(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_eeprom *eeprom, u8 *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_eeprom)
return ds->ops->set_eeprom(ds, eeprom, data);
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_strings(struct net_device *dev,
uint32_t stringset, uint8_t *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (stringset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int len = ETH_GSTRING_LEN;
strncpy(data, "tx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + len, "tx_bytes", len);
strncpy(data + 2 * len, "rx_packets", len);
strncpy(data + 3 * len, "rx_bytes", len);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_strings)
net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-25 19:12:50 +00:00
ds->ops->get_strings(ds, dp->index, stringset,
data + 4 * len);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
}
static void dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
uint64_t *data)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
unsigned int start;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
int i;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
s = per_cpu_ptr(p->stats64, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
data[0] += tx_packets;
data[1] += tx_bytes;
data[2] += rx_packets;
data[3] += rx_bytes;
}
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats(ds, dp->index, data + 4);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_sset_count(struct net_device *dev, int sset)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (sset == ETH_SS_STATS) {
int count;
count = 4;
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_sset_count)
net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-04-25 19:12:50 +00:00
count += ds->ops->get_sset_count(ds, dp->index, sset);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
return count;
}
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_ethtool_get_wol(dp->pl, w);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_wol)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->get_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_wol(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_wolinfo *w)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_ethtool_set_wol(dp->pl, w);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->set_wol)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_wol(ds, dp->index, w);
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
return ret;
}
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_set_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
net: dsa: Fix NULL checking in dsa_slave_set_eee() This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e); Fixes: 1be52e97ed3e ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 15:35:15 +00:00
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->set_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->set_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_ethtool_set_eee(dp->pl, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_get_eee(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_eee *e)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
int ret;
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
/* Port's PHY and MAC both need to be EEE capable */
net: dsa: Fix NULL checking in dsa_slave_set_eee() This function can't succeed if dp->pl is NULL. It will Oops inside the call to return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e); Fixes: 1be52e97ed3e ("dsa: slave: eee: Allow ports to use phylink") Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 15:35:15 +00:00
if (!dev->phydev || !dp->pl)
net: dsa: PHY device is mandatory for EEE The port's PHY and MAC are both implied in EEE. The current code does not call the PHY operations if the related device is NULL. Change that by returning -ENODEV if there's no PHY device attached to the interface. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:31 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 20:32:41 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->get_mac_eee)
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = ds->ops->get_mac_eee(ds, dp->index, e);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
if (ret)
return ret;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_ethtool_get_eee(dp->pl, e);
}
static int dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_get(dp->pl, cmd);
}
static int dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings(struct net_device *dev,
const struct ethtool_link_ksettings *cmd)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return phylink_ethtool_ksettings_set(dp->pl, cmd);
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
static int dsa_slave_netpoll_setup(struct net_device *dev,
struct netpoll_info *ni)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll;
int err = 0;
netpoll = kzalloc(sizeof(*netpoll), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!netpoll)
return -ENOMEM;
err = __netpoll_setup(netpoll, master);
if (err) {
kfree(netpoll);
goto out;
}
p->netpoll = netpoll;
out:
return err;
}
static void dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct netpoll *netpoll = p->netpoll;
if (!netpoll)
return;
p->netpoll = NULL;
netpoll: allow cleanup to be synchronous This fixes a problem introduced by: commit 2cde6acd49da ("netpoll: Fix __netpoll_rcu_free so that it can hold the rtnl lock") When using netconsole on a bond, __netpoll_cleanup can asynchronously recurse multiple times, each __netpoll_free_async call can result in more __netpoll_free_async's. This means there is now a race between cleanup_work queues on multiple netpoll_info's on multiple devices and the configuration of a new netpoll. For example if a netconsole is set to enable 0, reconfigured, and enable 1 immediately, this netconsole will likely not work. Given the reason for __netpoll_free_async is it can be called when rtnl is not locked, if it is locked, we should be able to execute synchronously. It appears to be locked everywhere it's called from. Generalize the design pattern from the teaming driver for current callers of __netpoll_free_async. CC: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Debabrata Banerjee <dbanerje@akamai.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-18 15:18:26 +00:00
__netpoll_free(netpoll);
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
}
static void dsa_slave_poll_controller(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name(struct net_device *dev,
char *name, size_t len)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
dsa: do not support ndo_get_phys_port_name for non-legacy ports Since each non-legacy slave has its own devlink port instance correctly set, rely on devlink core to generate correct phys port name. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:44 +00:00
/* For non-legacy ports, devlink is used and it takes
* care of the name generation. This ndo implementation
* should be removed with legacy support.
*/
if (dp->ds->devlink)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
if (snprintf(name, len, "p%d", dp->index) >= len)
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id Implement ndo_get_phys_port_id() by returning the physical port number of the switch this per-port DSA created network interface corresponds to. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-29 22:20:56 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
static struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long cookie)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
list_for_each_entry(mall_tc_entry, &p->mall_tc_list, list)
if (mall_tc_entry->cookie == cookie)
return mall_tc_entry;
return NULL;
}
static int dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
__be16 protocol = cls->common.protocol;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
struct flow_action_entry *act;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *to_dp;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_add)
return err;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
if (!flow_offload_has_one_action(&cls->rule->action))
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
return err;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
act = &cls->rule->action.entries[0];
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
if (act->id == FLOW_ACTION_MIRRED && protocol == htons(ETH_P_ALL)) {
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_mirror_tc_entry *mirror;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
if (!act->dev)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(act->dev))
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
mall_tc_entry = kzalloc(sizeof(*mall_tc_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return -ENOMEM;
mall_tc_entry->cookie = cls->cookie;
mall_tc_entry->type = DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR;
mirror = &mall_tc_entry->mirror;
net/dsa: use intermediate representation for matchall offload Updates dsa hardware switch handling infrastructure to use the newer intermediate representation for flow actions in matchall offloads. Signed-off-by: Pieter Jansen van Vuuren <pieter.jansenvanvuuren@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-04 11:46:19 +00:00
to_dp = dsa_slave_to_port(act->dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
mirror->to_local_port = to_dp->index;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
mirror->ingress = ingress;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
err = ds->ops->port_mirror_add(ds, dp->index, mirror, ingress);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
if (err) {
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
return err;
}
list_add_tail(&mall_tc_entry->list, &p->mall_tc_list);
}
return 0;
}
static void dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
struct dsa_mall_tc_entry *mall_tc_entry;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->port_mirror_del)
return;
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
mall_tc_entry = dsa_slave_mall_tc_entry_find(dev, cls->cookie);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
if (!mall_tc_entry)
return;
list_del(&mall_tc_entry->list);
switch (mall_tc_entry->type) {
case DSA_PORT_MALL_MIRROR:
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ds->ops->port_mirror_del(ds, dp->index, &mall_tc_entry->mirror);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
break;
default:
WARN_ON(1);
}
kfree(mall_tc_entry);
}
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(struct net_device *dev,
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
struct tc_cls_matchall_offload *cls,
bool ingress)
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
{
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
if (cls->common.chain_index)
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
switch (cls->command) {
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_REPLACE:
net: sched: push cls related args into cls_common structure As ndo_setup_tc is generic offload op for whole tc subsystem, does not really make sense to have cls-specific args. So move them under cls_common structurure which is embedded in all cls structs. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:29 +00:00
return dsa_slave_add_cls_matchall(dev, cls, ingress);
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
case TC_CLSMATCHALL_DESTROY:
dsa_slave_del_cls_matchall(dev, cls);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(enum tc_setup_type type, void *type_data,
void *cb_priv, bool ingress)
{
struct net_device *dev = cb_priv;
net: sched: move the can_offload check from binding phase to rule insertion phase This restores the original behaviour before the block callbacks were introduced. Allow the drivers to do binding of block always, no matter if the NETIF_F_HW_TC feature is on or off. Move the check to the block callback which is called for rule insertion. Reported-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-01 10:47:39 +00:00
if (!tc_can_offload(dev))
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
switch (type) {
case TC_SETUP_CLSMATCHALL:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_cls_matchall(dev, type_data, ingress);
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, true);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg(enum tc_setup_type type,
void *type_data, void *cb_priv)
{
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb(type, type_data, cb_priv, false);
}
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(struct net_device *dev,
struct tc_block_offload *f)
{
tc_setup_cb_t *cb;
if (f->binder_type == TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_INGRESS)
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_ig;
else if (f->binder_type == TCF_BLOCK_BINDER_TYPE_CLSACT_EGRESS)
cb = dsa_slave_setup_tc_block_cb_eg;
else
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
switch (f->command) {
case TC_BLOCK_BIND:
net: sched: pass extack pointer to block binds and cb registration Pass the extact struct from a tc qdisc add to the block bind function and, in turn, to the setup_tc ndo of binding device via the tc_block_offload struct. Pass this back to any block callback registrations to allow netlink logging of fails in the bind process. Signed-off-by: John Hurley <john.hurley@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-06-25 21:30:04 +00:00
return tcf_block_cb_register(f->block, cb, dev, dev, f->extack);
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
case TC_BLOCK_UNBIND:
tcf_block_cb_unregister(f->block, cb, dev);
return 0;
default:
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
}
}
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, enum tc_setup_type type,
net: sched: get rid of struct tc_to_netdev Get rid of struct tc_to_netdev which is now just unnecessary container and rather pass per-type structures down to drivers directly. Along with that, consolidate the naming of per-type structure variables in cls_*. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:32 +00:00
void *type_data)
dsa: push cls_matchall setup_tc processing into a separate function Let dsa_slave_setup_tc be a splitter for specific setup_tc types and push out cls_matchall specific code into a separate function. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:26 +00:00
{
net: sched: make type an argument for ndo_setup_tc Since the type is always present, push it to be a separate argument to ndo_setup_tc. On the way, name the type enum and use it for arg type. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-07 08:15:17 +00:00
switch (type) {
dsa: Convert ndo_setup_tc offloads to block callbacks Benefit from the newly introduced block callback infrastructure and convert ndo_setup_tc calls for matchall offloads to block callbacks. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-19 13:50:45 +00:00
case TC_SETUP_BLOCK:
return dsa_slave_setup_tc_block(dev, type_data);
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
default:
net: propagate tc filter chain index down the ndo_setup_tc call We need to push the chain index down to the drivers, so they have the information to which chain the rule belongs. For now, no driver supports multichain offload, so only chain 0 is supported. This is needed to prevent chain squashes during offload for now. Later this will be used to implement multichain offload. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-06-06 15:00:16 +00:00
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
}
}
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_get_stats64(struct net_device *dev,
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *stats)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
struct pcpu_sw_netstats *s;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
unsigned int start;
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
int i;
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
netdev_stats_to_stats64(stats, &dev->stats);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
u64 tx_packets, tx_bytes, rx_packets, rx_bytes;
s = per_cpu_ptr(p->stats64, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin_irq(&s->syncp);
tx_packets = s->tx_packets;
tx_bytes = s->tx_bytes;
rx_packets = s->rx_packets;
rx_bytes = s->rx_bytes;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry_irq(&s->syncp, start));
stats->tx_packets += tx_packets;
stats->tx_bytes += tx_bytes;
stats->rx_packets += rx_packets;
stats->rx_bytes += rx_bytes;
}
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc, u32 *rule_locs)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->get_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->get_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc, rule_locs);
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_set_rxnfc(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_rxnfc *nfc)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->set_rxnfc)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
return ds->ops->set_rxnfc(ds, dp->index, nfc);
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
}
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_get_ts_info(struct net_device *dev,
struct ethtool_ts_info *ts)
{
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = p->dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->get_ts_info)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ds->ops->get_ts_info(ds, p->dp->index, ts);
}
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct bridge_vlan_info info;
int ret;
/* Check for a possible bridge VLAN entry now since there is no
* need to emulate the switchdev prepare + commit phase.
*/
if (dp->bridge_dev) {
/* br_vlan_get_info() returns -EINVAL or -ENOENT if the
* device, respectively the VID is not found, returning
* 0 means success, which is a failure for us here.
*/
ret = br_vlan_get_info(dp->bridge_dev, vid, &info);
if (ret == 0)
return -EBUSY;
}
net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs This hides the need to perform a two-phase transaction and construct a switchdev_obj_port_vlan struct. Call graph (including a function that will be introduced in a follow-up patch) looks like this now (same for the *_vlan_del function): dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-28 18:45:54 +00:00
/* This API only allows programming tagged, non-PVID VIDs */
return dsa_port_vid_add(dp, vid, 0);
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
}
static int dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid(struct net_device *dev, __be16 proto,
u16 vid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct bridge_vlan_info info;
int ret;
/* Check for a possible bridge VLAN entry now since there is no
* need to emulate the switchdev prepare + commit phase.
*/
if (dp->bridge_dev) {
/* br_vlan_get_info() returns -EINVAL or -ENOENT if the
* device, respectively the VID is not found, returning
* 0 means success, which is a failure for us here.
*/
ret = br_vlan_get_info(dp->bridge_dev, vid, &info);
if (ret == 0)
return -EBUSY;
}
net: dsa: Add more convenient functions for installing port VLANs This hides the need to perform a two-phase transaction and construct a switchdev_obj_port_vlan struct. Call graph (including a function that will be introduced in a follow-up patch) looks like this now (same for the *_vlan_del function): dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging | | | | | +-------------+ | | v v dsa_port_vid_add dsa_slave_port_obj_add | | +-------+ +-------+ | | v v dsa_port_vlan_add Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-28 18:45:54 +00:00
ret = dsa_port_vid_del(dp, vid);
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
if (ret == -EOPNOTSUPP)
ret = 0;
return ret;
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
static const struct ethtool_ops dsa_slave_ethtool_ops = {
.get_drvinfo = dsa_slave_get_drvinfo,
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:04 +00:00
.get_regs_len = dsa_slave_get_regs_len,
.get_regs = dsa_slave_get_regs,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
.nway_reset = dsa_slave_nway_reset,
net: dsa: Eliminate dsa_slave_get_link() Since we use PHYLIB to manage the per-port link indication, this will also be reflected correctly in the network device's carrier state, so we can use ethtool_op_get_link() instead. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:34 +00:00
.get_link = ethtool_op_get_link,
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-10-29 17:45:01 +00:00
.get_eeprom_len = dsa_slave_get_eeprom_len,
.get_eeprom = dsa_slave_get_eeprom,
.set_eeprom = dsa_slave_set_eeprom,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
.get_strings = dsa_slave_get_strings,
.get_ethtool_stats = dsa_slave_get_ethtool_stats,
.get_sset_count = dsa_slave_get_sset_count,
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:24 +00:00
.set_wol = dsa_slave_set_wol,
.get_wol = dsa_slave_get_wol,
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-25 00:05:21 +00:00
.set_eee = dsa_slave_set_eee,
.get_eee = dsa_slave_get_eee,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
.get_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_get_link_ksettings,
.set_link_ksettings = dsa_slave_set_link_ksettings,
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 17:48:40 +00:00
.get_rxnfc = dsa_slave_get_rxnfc,
.set_rxnfc = dsa_slave_set_rxnfc,
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-14 00:07:48 +00:00
.get_ts_info = dsa_slave_get_ts_info,
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
};
net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration. Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-06 23:03:33 +00:00
/* legacy way, bypassing the bridge *****************************************/
int dsa_legacy_fdb_add(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid,
net: Add extack argument to ndo_fdb_add() Drivers may not be able to support certain FDB entries, and an error code is insufficient to give clear hints as to the reasons of rejection. In order to make it possible to communicate the rejection reason, extend ndo_fdb_add() with an extack argument. Adapt the existing implementations of ndo_fdb_add() to take the parameter (and ignore it). Pass the extack parameter when invoking ndo_fdb_add() from rtnl_fdb_add(). Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-16 23:06:50 +00:00
u16 flags,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration. Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-06 23:03:33 +00:00
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, addr, vid);
}
int dsa_legacy_fdb_del(struct ndmsg *ndm, struct nlattr *tb[],
struct net_device *dev,
const unsigned char *addr, u16 vid)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, addr, vid);
}
dsa: implement ndo_get_devlink_port In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances created for themselves. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:43 +00:00
static struct devlink_port *dsa_slave_get_devlink_port(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
return dp->ds->devlink ? &dp->devlink_port : NULL;
}
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
static const struct net_device_ops dsa_slave_netdev_ops = {
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_open = dsa_slave_open,
.ndo_stop = dsa_slave_close,
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
.ndo_start_xmit = dsa_slave_xmit,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_change_rx_flags = dsa_slave_change_rx_flags,
.ndo_set_rx_mode = dsa_slave_set_rx_mode,
.ndo_set_mac_address = dsa_slave_set_mac_address,
net: dsa: Move FDB add/del implementation inside DSA Currently DSA uses switchdev's implementation of FDB add/del ndos. This patch moves the implementation inside DSA in order to support the legacy way for static FDB configuration. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:43 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_add = dsa_legacy_fdb_add,
.ndo_fdb_del = dsa_legacy_fdb_del,
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:49 +00:00
.ndo_fdb_dump = dsa_slave_fdb_dump,
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
.ndo_do_ioctl = dsa_slave_ioctl,
dsa: implement ndo_get_iflink Don't use dev->iflink anymore. CC: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-02 15:07:08 +00:00
.ndo_get_iflink = dsa_slave_get_iflink,
net: dsa: Add netconsole support Add support for using DSA slave network devices with netconsole, which requires us to allocate and free custom netpoll instances and invoke the parent network device poll controller callback. In order for netconsole to work, we need to construct the DSA tag, but not queue the skb for transmission on the master network device xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-31 18:42:57 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER
.ndo_netpoll_setup = dsa_slave_netpoll_setup,
.ndo_netpoll_cleanup = dsa_slave_netpoll_cleanup,
.ndo_poll_controller = dsa_slave_poll_controller,
#endif
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_phys_port_name() Return the physical port number of a DSA created network device using ndo_get_phys_port_name(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-10 20:32:36 +00:00
.ndo_get_phys_port_name = dsa_slave_get_phys_port_name,
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
.ndo_setup_tc = dsa_slave_setup_tc,
net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics DSA slave network devices maintain a pair of bytes and packets counters for each directions, but these are not 64-bit capable. Re-use pcpu_sw_netstats which contains exactly what we need for that purpose and update the code path to report 64-bit capable statistics. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-01 22:00:36 +00:00
.ndo_get_stats64 = dsa_slave_get_stats64,
net: dsa: Implement ndo_get_port_parent_id() DSA implements SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_PARENT_ID and we want to get rid of switchdev_ops eventually, ease that migration by implementing a ndo_get_port_parent_id() function which returns what switchdev_port_attr_get() would do. Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-06 17:45:45 +00:00
.ndo_get_port_parent_id = dsa_slave_get_port_parent_id,
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
.ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid,
.ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid = dsa_slave_vlan_rx_kill_vid,
dsa: implement ndo_get_devlink_port In order for devlink compat functions to work, implement ndo_get_devlink_port. Legacy slaves does not have devlink port instances created for themselves. Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-28 12:56:43 +00:00
.ndo_get_devlink_port = dsa_slave_get_devlink_port,
switchdev: use new swdev ops Move swdev wrappers over to new swdev ops (from previous ndo ops). No functional changes to the implementation. Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> rocker: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> dsa: move to new swdev ops Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-16 04:07:15 +00:00
};
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
static struct device_type dsa_type = {
.name = "dsa",
};
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_validate(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
unsigned long *supported,
struct phylink_link_state *state)
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
if (!ds->ops->phylink_validate)
return;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
ds->ops->phylink_validate(ds, dp->index, supported, state);
}
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_state(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct phylink_link_state *state)
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
/* Only called for SGMII and 802.3z */
if (!ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_state)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link notification. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:53 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_state(ds, dp->index, state);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_mac_config(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
unsigned int mode,
const struct phylink_link_state *state)
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->phylink_mac_config)
return;
dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy, but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL pointer. Check for this condition. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 23:01:37 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
ds->ops->phylink_mac_config(ds, dp->index, mode, state);
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_mac_an_restart(struct phylink_config *config)
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->phylink_mac_an_restart)
return;
ds->ops->phylink_mac_an_restart(ds, dp->index);
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_down(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
unsigned int mode,
phy_interface_t interface)
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
struct net_device *dev = dp->slave;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_down) {
if (ds->ops->adjust_link && dev->phydev)
ds->ops->adjust_link(ds, dp->index, dev->phydev);
return;
dsa: slave: Don't reference NULL pointer during phy_disconnect When the phy is disconnected, the parent pointer to the netdev it was attached to is set to NULL. The code then tries to suspend the phy, but dsa_slave_fixed_link_update needs the parent pointer to determine which switch the phy is connected to. So it dereferenced a NULL pointer. Check for this condition. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-11 23:01:37 +00:00
}
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_down(ds, dp->index, mode, interface);
}
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_up(struct phylink_config *config,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
unsigned int mode,
phy_interface_t interface,
struct phy_device *phydev)
{
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = container_of(config, struct dsa_port, pl_config);
struct net_device *dev = dp->slave;
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
if (!ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_up) {
if (ds->ops->adjust_link && dev->phydev)
ds->ops->adjust_link(ds, dp->index, dev->phydev);
return;
}
ds->ops->phylink_mac_link_up(ds, dp->index, mode, interface, phydev);
}
static const struct phylink_mac_ops dsa_slave_phylink_mac_ops = {
.validate = dsa_slave_phylink_validate,
.mac_link_state = dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_state,
.mac_config = dsa_slave_phylink_mac_config,
.mac_an_restart = dsa_slave_phylink_mac_an_restart,
.mac_link_down = dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_down,
.mac_link_up = dsa_slave_phylink_mac_link_up,
};
void dsa_port_phylink_mac_change(struct dsa_switch *ds, int port, bool up)
{
const struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_to_port(ds, port);
phylink_mac_change(dp->pl, up);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dsa_port_phylink_mac_change);
static void dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state(struct net_device *dev,
struct phylink_link_state *state)
{
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
/* No need to check that this operation is valid, the callback would
* not be called if it was not.
*/
ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state(ds, dp->index, state);
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:54 +00:00
}
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
/* slave device setup *******************************************************/
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_connect(struct net_device *slave_dev, int addr)
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
net: dsa: use slave device phydev There is no need to store a phy_device in dsa_slave_priv since net_device already provides one. Simply s/p->phy/dev->phydev/. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-26 21:15:32 +00:00
slave_dev->phydev = mdiobus_get_phy(ds->slave_mii_bus, addr);
if (!slave_dev->phydev) {
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev, "no phy at %d\n", addr);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return -ENODEV;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
return phylink_connect_phy(dp->pl, slave_dev->phydev);
net: dsa: Add PHYLINK switch operations In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing. Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches. We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without requiring stubs or anything. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:32 +00:00
}
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_phy_setup(struct net_device *slave_dev)
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
struct device_node *port_dn = dp->dn;
struct dsa_switch *ds = dp->ds;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
u32 phy_flags = 0;
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 05:23:51 +00:00
int mode, ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: dsa: Set valid phy interface type If the phy interface mode is not found in devicetree, or if devicetree is not configured, of_get_phy_mode returns -ENODEV. The current code sets the phy interface mode to the return value from of_get_phy_mode without checking if it is valid. This invalid phy interface mode is passed as parameter to of_phy_connect or to phy_connect_direct. This sets the phy interface mode to the invalid value, which in turn causes problems for any code using phydev->interface. Fixes: b31f65fb4383 ("net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus") Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-17 05:23:51 +00:00
mode = of_get_phy_mode(port_dn);
if (mode < 0)
mode = PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_NA;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-28 17:38:12 +00:00
dp->pl_config.dev = &slave_dev->dev;
dp->pl_config.type = PHYLINK_NETDEV;
dp->pl = phylink_create(&dp->pl_config, of_fwnode_handle(port_dn), mode,
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
&dsa_slave_phylink_mac_ops);
if (IS_ERR(dp->pl)) {
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"error creating PHYLINK: %ld\n", PTR_ERR(dp->pl));
return PTR_ERR(dp->pl);
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
/* Register only if the switch provides such a callback, since this
* callback takes precedence over polling the link GPIO in PHYLINK
* (see phylink_get_fixed_state).
*/
if (ds->ops->phylink_fixed_state)
phylink_fixed_state_cb(dp->pl, dsa_slave_phylink_fixed_state);
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-08-23 16:38:56 +00:00
if (ds->ops->get_phy_flags)
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
phy_flags = ds->ops->get_phy_flags(ds, dp->index);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 20:07:54 +00:00
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
ret = phylink_of_phy_connect(dp->pl, port_dn, phy_flags);
net: dsa: Avoid null pointer when failing to connect to PHY When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index. However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal MDIO bus at all. Fixes: aab9c4067d23 ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-23 23:24:07 +00:00
if (ret == -ENODEV && ds->slave_mii_bus) {
/* We could not connect to a designated PHY or SFP, so try to
* use the switch internal MDIO bus instead
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
*/
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_connect(slave_dev, dp->index);
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
if (ret) {
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
netdev_err(slave_dev,
"failed to connect to port %d: %d\n",
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
dp->index, ret);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
net: dsa: move PHY setup on DSA MII bus to its own function In preparation for dealing with indirect reads and writes towards certain PHY devices, move the code which deals with binding the PHY device to the slave MII bus created by DSA to its own function: dsa_slave_phy_connect(). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-10 23:57:12 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: better error reporting Add additional error reporting to the generic DSA code, so it's easier to debug when things go wrong. This was useful when initially bringing up 88e6176 on a new board. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-03 17:09:07 +00:00
}
net: dsa: slave: Fix autoneg for phys on switch MDIO bus When the ports phys are connected to the switches internal MDIO bus, we need to connect the phy to the slave netdev, otherwise auto-negotiation etc, does not work. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-11-05 18:47:28 +00:00
}
net: dsa: propagate error code from dsa_slave_phy_setup In case we cannot attach to our slave netdevice PHY, error out and propagate that error up to the caller: dsa_slave_create(). Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Andrey Volkov <andrey.volkov@nexvision.fr> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-12-11 20:49:16 +00:00
net: dsa: Avoid null pointer when failing to connect to PHY When phylink_of_phy_connect fails, dsa_slave_phy_setup tries to save the day by connecting to an alternative PHY, none other than a PHY on the switch's internal MDIO bus, at an address equal to the port's index. However this does not take into consideration the scenario when the switch that failed to probe an external PHY does not have an internal MDIO bus at all. Fixes: aab9c4067d23 ("net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-23 23:24:07 +00:00
return ret;
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:51 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 23:09:56 +00:00
static struct lock_class_key dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key;
static void dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq,
void *_unused)
{
lockdep_set_class(&txq->_xmit_lock,
&dsa_slave_netdev_xmit_lock_key);
}
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
int dsa_slave_suspend(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
net: dsa: Do not suspend/resume closed slave_dev If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need to suspend or resume it. Fixes: 2446254915a7 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-01 00:12:52 +00:00
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
cancel_work_sync(&dp->xmit_work);
skb_queue_purge(&dp->xmit_queue);
net: dsa: Bring back device detaching in dsa_slave_suspend() Commit 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") removed the netif_device_detach() call done in dsa_slave_suspend() which is necessary, and paired with a corresponding netif_device_attach(), bring it back. Fixes: 448b4482c671 ("net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-25 17:10:41 +00:00
netif_device_detach(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_stop(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
return 0;
}
int dsa_slave_resume(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Do not suspend/resume closed slave_dev If a DSA slave network device was previously disabled, there is no need to suspend or resume it. Fixes: 2446254915a7 ("net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-08-01 00:12:52 +00:00
if (!netif_running(slave_dev))
return 0;
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
netif_device_attach(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_start(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-19 00:31:22 +00:00
return 0;
}
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
static void dsa_slave_notify(struct net_device *dev, unsigned long val)
{
net: dsa: add slave to master helper Many part of the DSA slave code require to get the master device assigned to a slave device. Remove dsa_master_netdev() in favor of a dsa_slave_to_master() helper which does that. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:16 +00:00
struct net_device *master = dsa_slave_to_master(dev);
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
struct dsa_notifier_register_info rinfo = {
.switch_number = dp->ds->index,
.port_number = dp->index,
.master = master,
.info.dev = dev,
};
call_dsa_notifiers(val, dev, &rinfo.info);
}
net: dsa: remove name arg from slave create Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 19:55:19 +00:00
int dsa_slave_create(struct dsa_port *port)
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
{
net: dsa: constify cpu_dp member of dsa_port A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-11-06 21:11:43 +00:00
const struct dsa_port *cpu_dp = port->cpu_dp;
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
struct net_device *master = cpu_dp->master;
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
struct dsa_switch *ds = port->ds;
net: dsa: remove name arg from slave create Now that slave dsa_port always have their name set, there is no need to pass it to dsa_slave_create() anymore. Remove this argument. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-27 19:55:19 +00:00
const char *name = port->name;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
struct net_device *slave_dev;
struct dsa_slave_priv *p;
int ret;
net: dsa: Allow switch drivers to indicate number of TX queues Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and direct the transmission towards a particular queue. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-04 03:27:00 +00:00
if (!ds->num_tx_queues)
ds->num_tx_queues = 1;
slave_dev = alloc_netdev_mqs(sizeof(struct dsa_slave_priv), name,
NET_NAME_UNKNOWN, ether_setup,
ds->num_tx_queues, 1);
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
if (slave_dev == NULL)
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return -ENOMEM;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
net: dsa: Add ndo_vlan_rx_{add, kill}_vid implementation In order to properly support VLAN filtering being enabled/disabled on a bridge, while having other ports being non bridge port members, we need to support the ndo_vlan_rx_{add,kill}_vid callbacks in order to make sure the non-bridge ports can continue receiving VLAN tags, even when the switch is globally configured to do ingress/egress VID checking. Since we can call dsa_port_vlan_{add,del} with a bridge_dev pointer NULL, we now need to check that in these two functions. We specifically deal with two possibly problematic cases: - creating a bridge VLAN entry while there is an existing VLAN device claiming that same VID - creating a VLAN device while there is an existing bridge VLAN entry with that VID Those are both resolved with returning -EBUSY back to user-space. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:39 +00:00
slave_dev->features = master->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_TC |
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
slave_dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_HW_TC;
net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS net: get rid of SET_ETHTOOL_OPS Dave Miller mentioned he'd like to see SET_ETHTOOL_OPS gone. This does that. Mostly done via coccinelle script: @@ struct ethtool_ops *ops; struct net_device *dev; @@ - SET_ETHTOOL_OPS(dev, ops); + dev->ethtool_ops = ops; Compile tested only, but I'd seriously wonder if this broke anything. Suggested-by: Dave Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w-lkml@lebenslange-mailadresse.de> Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-05-11 00:12:32 +00:00
slave_dev->ethtool_ops = &dsa_slave_ethtool_ops;
net: dsa: support of_get_mac_address new ERR_PTR error There was NVMEM support added to of_get_mac_address, so it could now return ERR_PTR encoded error values, so we need to adjust all current users of of_get_mac_address to this new fact. While at it, remove superfluous is_valid_ether_addr as the MAC address returned from of_get_mac_address is always valid and checked by is_valid_ether_addr anyway. Fixes: d01f449c008a ("of_net: add NVMEM support to of_get_mac_address") Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-06 21:24:45 +00:00
if (!IS_ERR_OR_NULL(port->mac))
net: dsa: read mac address from DT for slave device Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and apply in case it is valid. Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-29 05:34:58 +00:00
ether_addr_copy(slave_dev->dev_addr, port->mac);
else
eth_hw_addr_inherit(slave_dev, master);
net: dsa: convert to using IFF_NO_QUEUE Signed-off-by: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc> Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-18 08:30:41 +00:00
slave_dev->priv_flags |= IFF_NO_QUEUE;
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-08-28 00:04:46 +00:00
slave_dev->netdev_ops = &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
net: remove MTU limits on a few ether_setup callers These few drivers call ether_setup(), but have no ndo_change_mtu, and thus were overlooked for changes to MTU range checking behavior. They previously had no range checks, so for feature-parity, set their min_mtu to 0 and max_mtu to ETH_MAX_MTU (65535), instead of the 68 and 1500 inherited from the ether_setup() changes. Fine-tuning can come after we get back to full feature-parity here. CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st> CC: Asbjoern Sloth Toennesen <asbjorn@asbjorn.st> CC: R Parameswaran <parameswaran.r7@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jarod Wilson <jarod@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-10-21 03:25:27 +00:00
slave_dev->min_mtu = 0;
slave_dev->max_mtu = ETH_MAX_MTU;
net: dsa: Set a "dsa" device_type Provide a device_type information for slave network devices created by DSA, this is useful for user-space application to easily locate/search for devices of a specific kind. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-09-24 01:19:58 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE(slave_dev, &dsa_type);
dsa: convert to net_device_ops (v2) Convert this driver to use net_device_ops Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-01-07 00:45:26 +00:00
net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue: Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> ============================================= [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ] 4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted --------------------------------------------- kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc but task is already holding lock: (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c other info that might help us debug this: Possible unsafe locking scenario: CPU0 ---- lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); lock(_xmit_ETHER#2); To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep class. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 23:09:56 +00:00
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(slave_dev, dsa_slave_set_lockdep_class_one,
NULL);
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
SET_NETDEV_DEV(slave_dev, port->ds->dev);
slave_dev->dev.of_node = port->dn;
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2014-09-15 17:00:19 +00:00
slave_dev->vlan_features = master->vlan_features;
p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
p->stats64 = netdev_alloc_pcpu_stats(struct pcpu_sw_netstats);
if (!p->stats64) {
free_netdev(slave_dev);
return -ENOMEM;
}
net: dsa: remove useless args of dsa_slave_create dsa_slave_create currently takes 4 arguments while it only needs the related dsa_port and its name. Remove all other arguments. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-05 20:20:19 +00:00
p->dp = port;
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-30 20:41:40 +00:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&p->mall_tc_list);
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-05-05 10:19:25 +00:00
INIT_WORK(&port->xmit_work, dsa_port_xmit_work);
skb_queue_head_init(&port->xmit_queue);
net: dsa: add tagging ops to port The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port, thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure. >From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports. Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-29 21:19:18 +00:00
p->xmit = cpu_dp->tag_ops->xmit;
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
port->slave = slave_dev;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
net: dsa: better scoping of slave functions A few DSA slave functions take a dsa_slave_priv pointer as first argument, whereas the scope of the slave.c functions is the slave net_device structure. Fix this and rename dsa_netpoll_send_skb to dsa_slave_netpoll_send_skb. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-20 23:31:57 +00:00
ret = dsa_slave_phy_setup(slave_dev);
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d setting up slave phy\n", ret);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
goto out_free;
}
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
dsa_slave_notify(slave_dev, DSA_PORT_REGISTER);
net: dsa: Add support for DSA specific notifiers In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the tree. This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping and scheduling. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-11 17:57:48 +00:00
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
ret = register_netdev(slave_dev);
if (ret) {
netdev_err(master, "error %d registering interface %s\n",
ret, slave_dev->name);
goto out_phy;
dsa: Register netdev before phy When the phy is connected, an info message is printed. If the netdev it is attached to has not been registered yet, the name 'uninitialised' in the output. By registering the netdev first, then connecting they phy, we can avoid this. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-01-06 19:11:20 +00:00
}
net: dsa: Ensure that port array elements are initialized before being used A network device notifier can be called for one or more of the created slave devices before all slave devices have been registered. This can result in a mismatch between ds->phys_port_mask and the registered devices by the time the call is made, and it can result in a slave device being added to a bridge before its entry in ds->ports[] has been initialized. Rework the initialization code to initialize entries in ds->ports[] in dsa_slave_create. With this change, dsa_slave_create no longer needs to return slave_dev but can return an error code instead. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:32 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
out_phy:
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_disconnect_phy(p->dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
phylink_destroy(p->dp->pl);
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
out_free:
free_percpu(p->stats64);
free_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:18 +00:00
port->slave = NULL;
net: dsa: Fix network device registration order We cannot be registering the network device first, then setting its carrier off and finally connecting it to a PHY, doing that leaves a window during which the carrier is at best inconsistent, and at worse the device is not usable without a down/up sequence since the network device is visible to user space with possibly no PHY device attached. Re-order steps so that they make logical sense. This fixes some devices where the port was not usable after e.g: an unbind then bind of the driver. Fixes: 0071f56e46da ("dsa: Register netdev before phy") Fixes: 91da11f870f0 ("net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-09-25 22:55:53 +00:00
return ret;
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-10-07 13:44:02 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
void dsa_slave_destroy(struct net_device *slave_dev)
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave_dev);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
struct dsa_slave_priv *p = netdev_priv(slave_dev);
netif_carrier_off(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
rtnl_lock();
phylink_disconnect_phy(dp->pl);
rtnl_unlock();
net: dsa: slave: fix fixed-link phydev leaks Make sure to deregister and free any fixed-link PHY registered using of_phy_register_fixed_link() on slave-setup errors and on slave destroy. Fixes: 0d8bcdd383b8 ("net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups") Signed-off-by: Johan Hovold <johan@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-11-28 18:25:09 +00:00
net: dsa: add slave notify helper Both DSA slave create and destroy functions call call_dsa_notifiers with respectively DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER and the same dsa_notifier_register_info structure. Wrap this in a dsa_slave_notify helper so prevent cluttering these functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:14 +00:00
dsa_slave_notify(slave_dev, DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
unregister_netdev(slave_dev);
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-10 20:17:36 +00:00
phylink_destroy(dp->pl);
net: dsa: User per-cpu 64-bit statistics During testing with a background iperf pushing 1Gbit/sec worth of traffic and having both ifconfig and ethtool collect statistics, we could see quite frequent deadlocks. Convert the often accessed DSA slave network devices statistics to per-cpu 64-bit statistics to remove these deadlocks and provide fast efficient statistics updates. Fixes: f613ed665bb3 ("net: dsa: Add support for 64-bit statistics") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-04 04:33:27 +00:00
free_percpu(p->stats64);
net: dsa: move dsa slave destroy code to slave.c Move dsa slave dedicated code from dsa_switch_destroy to a new dsa_slave_destroy function in slave.c. Add the netif_carrier_off and phy_disconnect calls in order to correctly cleanup the netdev state and PHY state machine. Signed-off-by: Frode Isaksen <fisaksen@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-07 12:57:35 +00:00
free_netdev(slave_dev);
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
static bool dsa_slave_dev_check(struct net_device *dev)
{
return dev->netdev_ops == &dsa_slave_netdev_ops;
}
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_changeupper(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *info)
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
{
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
int err = NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
if (netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev)) {
if (info->linking) {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
err = dsa_port_bridge_join(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = notifier_from_errno(err);
} else {
net: dsa: change scope of bridging code Now that the bridge join and leave functions only deal with a DSA port, change their scope from the DSA slave net_device to the DSA generic dsa_port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-19 21:00:38 +00:00
dsa_port_bridge_leave(dp, info->upper_dev);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
err = NOTIFY_OK;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return err;
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_changeupper_info *
info)
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *ext_ack;
struct net_device *slave;
struct dsa_port *dp;
ext_ack = netdev_notifier_info_to_extack(&info->info);
if (!is_vlan_dev(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
slave = vlan_dev_real_dev(dev);
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(slave))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
dp = dsa_slave_to_port(slave);
if (!dp->bridge_dev)
return NOTIFY_DONE;
/* Deny enslaving a VLAN device into a VLAN-aware bridge */
if (br_vlan_enabled(dp->bridge_dev) &&
netif_is_bridge_master(info->upper_dev) && info->linking) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(ext_ack,
"Cannot enslave VLAN device into VLAN aware bridge");
return notifier_from_errno(-EINVAL);
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static int dsa_slave_netdevice_event(struct notifier_block *nb,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
net: dsa: refine netdev event notifier Rework the netdev event handler, similar to what the Mellanox Spectrum driver does, to easily welcome more events later (for example NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER) and use netdev helpers (such as netif_is_bridge_master). Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-03-13 20:21:34 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
if (event == NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER) {
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return dsa_slave_upper_vlan_check(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: simplify netdevice events handling Simplify the code handling the slave netdevice notifier call by providing a dsa_slave_changeupper helper for NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, and so on (only this event is supported at the moment.) Return NOTIFY_DONE when we did not care about an event, and NOTIFY_OK when we were concerned but no error occurred, as the API suggests. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:17 +00:00
return dsa_slave_changeupper(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: Deny enslaving VLAN devices into VLAN aware bridge VLAN devices on top of a DSA network device which is already part of a bridge and with said bridge being VLAN aware should not be allowed to be enslaved into that bridge. For one, this duplicates functionality offered by the VLAN aware bridge which supports tagged and untagged VLAN frames processing and it would make things needlessly complex to e.g.: propagate FDB/MDB accordingly. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-20 22:35:38 +00:00
}
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-02-24 21:15:33 +00:00
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
net: dsa: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's attribute and use notifiers towards that goal. Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a small helper to translate the event notifier into something that dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 19:44:27 +00:00
static int
dsa_slave_switchdev_port_attr_set_event(struct net_device *netdev,
struct switchdev_notifier_port_attr_info *port_attr_info)
{
int err;
err = dsa_slave_port_attr_set(netdev, port_attr_info->attr,
port_attr_info->trans);
port_attr_info->handled = true;
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work {
struct work_struct work;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info fdb_info;
struct net_device *dev;
unsigned long event;
};
static void dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(struct work_struct *work)
{
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work =
container_of(work, struct dsa_switchdev_event_work, work);
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_work->dev;
struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *fdb_info;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(dev);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
int err;
rtnl_lock();
switch (switchdev_work->event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE:
fdb_info = &switchdev_work->fdb_info;
net: dsa: fix added_by_user switchdev notification Commit 161d82de1ff8 ("net: bridge: Notify about !added_by_user FDB entries") causes the below oops when bringing up a slave interface, because dsa_port_fdb_add is still scheduled, but with a NULL address. To fix this, keep the dsa_slave_switchdev_event function agnostic of the notified info structure and handle the added_by_user flag in the specific dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work function. [ 75.512263] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000 [ 75.519063] pgd = (ptrval) [ 75.520545] [00000000] *pgd=00000000 [ 75.522839] Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM [ 75.525898] Modules linked in: [ 75.527673] CPU: 0 PID: 9 Comm: kworker/u2:1 Not tainted 4.17.0-rc2 #78 [ 75.532988] Hardware name: Freescale Vybrid VF5xx/VF6xx (Device Tree) [ 75.538153] Workqueue: dsa_ordered dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work [ 75.542970] PC is at mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge+0x60/0x1b0 [ 75.547341] LR is at mdiobus_read_nested+0x6c/0x78 [ 75.550833] pc : [<804cd5c0>] lr : [<804bba84>] psr: 60070013 [ 75.555796] sp : 9f54bd78 ip : 9f54bd87 fp : 9f54bddc [ 75.559719] r10: 00000000 r9 : 0000000e r8 : 9f6a6010 [ 75.563643] r7 : 00000000 r6 : 81203048 r5 : 9f6a6010 r4 : 9f6a601c [ 75.568867] r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 0000000d r0 : 00000000 [ 75.574094] Flags: nZCv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment none [ 75.579933] Control: 10c53c7d Table: 9de20059 DAC: 00000051 [ 75.584384] Process kworker/u2:1 (pid: 9, stack limit = 0x(ptrval)) [ 75.589349] Stack: (0x9f54bd78 to 0x9f54c000) [ 75.592406] bd60: 00000000 00000000 [ 75.599295] bd80: 00000391 9f299d10 9f299d68 8014317c 9f7f0000 8120af00 00006dc2 00000000 [ 75.606186] bda0: 8120af00 00000000 9f54bdec 1c9f5d92 8014317c 9f6a601c 9f6a6010 00000000 [ 75.613076] bdc0: 00000000 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be0c 9f54bde0 804cd8a8 804cd56c [ 75.619966] bde0: 0000000e 80143680 00000001 9dce9c1c 81203048 9dce9c10 00000003 00000000 [ 75.626858] be00: 9f54be5c 9f54be10 806abcac 804cd864 9f54be54 80143664 8014317c 80143054 [ 75.633748] be20: ffcaa81d 00000000 812030b0 1c9f5d92 00000000 81203048 9f54beb4 00000003 [ 75.640639] be40: ffffffff 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be84 9f54be60 80138e98 806abb18 [ 75.647529] be60: 81203048 9ddc4000 9dce9c54 9f72a300 00000000 00000000 9f54be9c 9f54be88 [ 75.654420] be80: 801390bc 80138e50 00000000 9dce9c54 9f54beac 9f54bea0 806a9524 801390a0 [ 75.661310] bea0: 9f54bedc 9f54beb0 806a9c7c 806a950c 9f54becc 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.668201] bec0: 9f540000 1c9f5d92 805fe604 9ddffc00 9f54befc 9f54bee0 806ab228 806a9c38 [ 75.675092] bee0: 806ab178 9ddffc00 9f4c1900 9f40d200 9f54bf34 9f54bf00 80131e30 806ab184 [ 75.681983] bf00: 9f40d214 9f54a038 9f40d200 9f40d200 9f4c1918 812119a0 9f40d214 9f54a038 [ 75.688873] bf20: 9f40d200 9f4c1900 9f54bf7c 9f54bf38 80132124 80131d1c 9f5f2dd8 00000000 [ 75.695764] bf40: 812119a0 9f54a038 812119a0 81259c5b 9f5f2dd8 9f5f2dc0 9f53dbc0 00000000 [ 75.702655] bf60: 9f4c1900 801320b4 9f5f2dd8 9f4f7e88 9f54bfac 9f54bf80 80137ad0 801320c0 [ 75.709544] bf80: 9f54a000 9f53dbc0 801379a0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.716434] bfa0: 00000000 9f54bfb0 801010e8 801379ac 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.723324] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.730206] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.737083] Backtrace: [ 75.738252] [<804cd560>] (mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge) from [<804cd8a8>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x68) [ 75.746795] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:9f6a6010 [ 75.753323] r4:9f6a601c [ 75.754570] [<804cd858>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add) from [<806abcac>] (dsa_switch_event+0x1a0/0x660) [ 75.762238] r8:00000000 r7:00000003 r6:9dce9c10 r5:81203048 r4:9dce9c1c [ 75.767655] [<806abb0c>] (dsa_switch_event) from [<80138e98>] (notifier_call_chain+0x54/0x94) [ 75.774893] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:ffffffff r6:00000003 r5:9f54beb4 [ 75.781423] r4:81203048 [ 75.782672] [<80138e44>] (notifier_call_chain) from [<801390bc>] (raw_notifier_call_chain+0x28/0x30) [ 75.790514] r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:9f72a300 r6:9dce9c54 r5:9ddc4000 r4:81203048 [ 75.796982] [<80139094>] (raw_notifier_call_chain) from [<806a9524>] (dsa_port_notify+0x24/0x38) [ 75.804483] [<806a9500>] (dsa_port_notify) from [<806a9c7c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x6c) [ 75.811371] [<806a9c2c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add) from [<806ab228>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work+0xb0/0x10c) [ 75.819635] r4:9ddffc00 [ 75.820885] [<806ab178>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work) from [<80131e30>] (process_one_work+0x120/0x3a4) [ 75.829241] r6:9f40d200 r5:9f4c1900 r4:9ddffc00 r3:806ab178 [ 75.833612] [<80131d10>] (process_one_work) from [<80132124>] (worker_thread+0x70/0x574) [ 75.840415] r10:9f4c1900 r9:9f40d200 r8:9f54a038 r7:9f40d214 r6:812119a0 r5:9f4c1918 [ 75.846945] r4:9f40d200 [ 75.848191] [<801320b4>] (worker_thread) from [<80137ad0>] (kthread+0x130/0x160) [ 75.854300] r10:9f4f7e88 r9:9f5f2dd8 r8:801320b4 r7:9f4c1900 r6:00000000 r5:9f53dbc0 [ 75.860830] r4:9f5f2dc0 [ 75.862076] [<801379a0>] (kthread) from [<801010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c) [ 75.867999] Exception stack(0x9f54bfb0 to 0x9f54bff8) [ 75.871753] bfa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.878640] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.885519] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 [ 75.890844] r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:801379a0 [ 75.897377] r4:9f53dbc0 r3:9f54a000 [ 75.899663] Code: e3a02000 e3a03000 e14b26f4 e24bc055 (e5973000) [ 75.904575] ---[ end trace fbca818a124dbf0d ]--- Fixes: 816a3bed9549 ("switchdev: Add fdb.added_by_user to switchdev notifications") Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-09 03:03:12 +00:00
if (!fdb_info->added_by_user)
break;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_add(dp, fdb_info->addr, fdb_info->vid);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
if (err) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "fdb add failed err=%d\n", err);
break;
}
bridge: switchdev: Allow clearing FDB entry offload indication Currently, an FDB entry only ceases being offloaded when it is deleted. This changes with VxLAN encapsulation. Devices capable of performing VxLAN encapsulation usually have only one FDB table, unlike the software data path which has two - one in the bridge driver and another in the VxLAN driver. Therefore, bridge FDB entries pointing to a VxLAN device are only offloaded if there is a corresponding entry in the VxLAN FDB. Allow clearing the offload indication in case the corresponding entry was deleted from the VxLAN FDB. Signed-off-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-17 08:53:29 +00:00
fdb_info->offloaded = true;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
call_switchdev_notifiers(SWITCHDEV_FDB_OFFLOADED, dev,
switchdev: Add extack argument to call_switchdev_notifiers() A follow-up patch will enable vetoing of FDB entries. Make it possible to communicate details of why an FDB entry is not acceptable back to the user. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-16 23:06:56 +00:00
&fdb_info->info, NULL);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
break;
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
fdb_info = &switchdev_work->fdb_info;
net: dsa: fix added_by_user switchdev notification Commit 161d82de1ff8 ("net: bridge: Notify about !added_by_user FDB entries") causes the below oops when bringing up a slave interface, because dsa_port_fdb_add is still scheduled, but with a NULL address. To fix this, keep the dsa_slave_switchdev_event function agnostic of the notified info structure and handle the added_by_user flag in the specific dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work function. [ 75.512263] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000 [ 75.519063] pgd = (ptrval) [ 75.520545] [00000000] *pgd=00000000 [ 75.522839] Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM [ 75.525898] Modules linked in: [ 75.527673] CPU: 0 PID: 9 Comm: kworker/u2:1 Not tainted 4.17.0-rc2 #78 [ 75.532988] Hardware name: Freescale Vybrid VF5xx/VF6xx (Device Tree) [ 75.538153] Workqueue: dsa_ordered dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work [ 75.542970] PC is at mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge+0x60/0x1b0 [ 75.547341] LR is at mdiobus_read_nested+0x6c/0x78 [ 75.550833] pc : [<804cd5c0>] lr : [<804bba84>] psr: 60070013 [ 75.555796] sp : 9f54bd78 ip : 9f54bd87 fp : 9f54bddc [ 75.559719] r10: 00000000 r9 : 0000000e r8 : 9f6a6010 [ 75.563643] r7 : 00000000 r6 : 81203048 r5 : 9f6a6010 r4 : 9f6a601c [ 75.568867] r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 0000000d r0 : 00000000 [ 75.574094] Flags: nZCv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment none [ 75.579933] Control: 10c53c7d Table: 9de20059 DAC: 00000051 [ 75.584384] Process kworker/u2:1 (pid: 9, stack limit = 0x(ptrval)) [ 75.589349] Stack: (0x9f54bd78 to 0x9f54c000) [ 75.592406] bd60: 00000000 00000000 [ 75.599295] bd80: 00000391 9f299d10 9f299d68 8014317c 9f7f0000 8120af00 00006dc2 00000000 [ 75.606186] bda0: 8120af00 00000000 9f54bdec 1c9f5d92 8014317c 9f6a601c 9f6a6010 00000000 [ 75.613076] bdc0: 00000000 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be0c 9f54bde0 804cd8a8 804cd56c [ 75.619966] bde0: 0000000e 80143680 00000001 9dce9c1c 81203048 9dce9c10 00000003 00000000 [ 75.626858] be00: 9f54be5c 9f54be10 806abcac 804cd864 9f54be54 80143664 8014317c 80143054 [ 75.633748] be20: ffcaa81d 00000000 812030b0 1c9f5d92 00000000 81203048 9f54beb4 00000003 [ 75.640639] be40: ffffffff 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be84 9f54be60 80138e98 806abb18 [ 75.647529] be60: 81203048 9ddc4000 9dce9c54 9f72a300 00000000 00000000 9f54be9c 9f54be88 [ 75.654420] be80: 801390bc 80138e50 00000000 9dce9c54 9f54beac 9f54bea0 806a9524 801390a0 [ 75.661310] bea0: 9f54bedc 9f54beb0 806a9c7c 806a950c 9f54becc 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.668201] bec0: 9f540000 1c9f5d92 805fe604 9ddffc00 9f54befc 9f54bee0 806ab228 806a9c38 [ 75.675092] bee0: 806ab178 9ddffc00 9f4c1900 9f40d200 9f54bf34 9f54bf00 80131e30 806ab184 [ 75.681983] bf00: 9f40d214 9f54a038 9f40d200 9f40d200 9f4c1918 812119a0 9f40d214 9f54a038 [ 75.688873] bf20: 9f40d200 9f4c1900 9f54bf7c 9f54bf38 80132124 80131d1c 9f5f2dd8 00000000 [ 75.695764] bf40: 812119a0 9f54a038 812119a0 81259c5b 9f5f2dd8 9f5f2dc0 9f53dbc0 00000000 [ 75.702655] bf60: 9f4c1900 801320b4 9f5f2dd8 9f4f7e88 9f54bfac 9f54bf80 80137ad0 801320c0 [ 75.709544] bf80: 9f54a000 9f53dbc0 801379a0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.716434] bfa0: 00000000 9f54bfb0 801010e8 801379ac 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.723324] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.730206] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.737083] Backtrace: [ 75.738252] [<804cd560>] (mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge) from [<804cd8a8>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x68) [ 75.746795] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:9f6a6010 [ 75.753323] r4:9f6a601c [ 75.754570] [<804cd858>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add) from [<806abcac>] (dsa_switch_event+0x1a0/0x660) [ 75.762238] r8:00000000 r7:00000003 r6:9dce9c10 r5:81203048 r4:9dce9c1c [ 75.767655] [<806abb0c>] (dsa_switch_event) from [<80138e98>] (notifier_call_chain+0x54/0x94) [ 75.774893] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:ffffffff r6:00000003 r5:9f54beb4 [ 75.781423] r4:81203048 [ 75.782672] [<80138e44>] (notifier_call_chain) from [<801390bc>] (raw_notifier_call_chain+0x28/0x30) [ 75.790514] r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:9f72a300 r6:9dce9c54 r5:9ddc4000 r4:81203048 [ 75.796982] [<80139094>] (raw_notifier_call_chain) from [<806a9524>] (dsa_port_notify+0x24/0x38) [ 75.804483] [<806a9500>] (dsa_port_notify) from [<806a9c7c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x6c) [ 75.811371] [<806a9c2c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add) from [<806ab228>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work+0xb0/0x10c) [ 75.819635] r4:9ddffc00 [ 75.820885] [<806ab178>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work) from [<80131e30>] (process_one_work+0x120/0x3a4) [ 75.829241] r6:9f40d200 r5:9f4c1900 r4:9ddffc00 r3:806ab178 [ 75.833612] [<80131d10>] (process_one_work) from [<80132124>] (worker_thread+0x70/0x574) [ 75.840415] r10:9f4c1900 r9:9f40d200 r8:9f54a038 r7:9f40d214 r6:812119a0 r5:9f4c1918 [ 75.846945] r4:9f40d200 [ 75.848191] [<801320b4>] (worker_thread) from [<80137ad0>] (kthread+0x130/0x160) [ 75.854300] r10:9f4f7e88 r9:9f5f2dd8 r8:801320b4 r7:9f4c1900 r6:00000000 r5:9f53dbc0 [ 75.860830] r4:9f5f2dc0 [ 75.862076] [<801379a0>] (kthread) from [<801010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c) [ 75.867999] Exception stack(0x9f54bfb0 to 0x9f54bff8) [ 75.871753] bfa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.878640] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.885519] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 [ 75.890844] r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:801379a0 [ 75.897377] r4:9f53dbc0 r3:9f54a000 [ 75.899663] Code: e3a02000 e3a03000 e14b26f4 e24bc055 (e5973000) [ 75.904575] ---[ end trace fbca818a124dbf0d ]--- Fixes: 816a3bed9549 ("switchdev: Add fdb.added_by_user to switchdev notifications") Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-09 03:03:12 +00:00
if (!fdb_info->added_by_user)
break;
net: dsa: add slave to port helper Many portions of DSA core code require to get the dsa_port structure corresponding to a slave net_device. For this purpose, introduce a dsa_slave_to_port() helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-16 15:12:15 +00:00
err = dsa_port_fdb_del(dp, fdb_info->addr, fdb_info->vid);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
if (err) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "fdb del failed err=%d\n", err);
dev_close(dev);
}
break;
}
rtnl_unlock();
kfree(switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr);
kfree(switchdev_work);
dev_put(dev);
}
static int
dsa_slave_switchdev_fdb_work_init(struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *
switchdev_work,
const struct switchdev_notifier_fdb_info *
fdb_info)
{
memcpy(&switchdev_work->fdb_info, fdb_info,
sizeof(switchdev_work->fdb_info));
switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr = kzalloc(ETH_ALEN, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr)
return -ENOMEM;
ether_addr_copy((u8 *)switchdev_work->fdb_info.addr,
fdb_info->addr);
return 0;
}
/* Called under rcu_read_lock() */
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
struct dsa_switchdev_event_work *switchdev_work;
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
net: dsa: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's attribute and use notifiers towards that goal. Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a small helper to translate the event notifier into something that dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 19:44:27 +00:00
if (event == SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET)
return dsa_slave_switchdev_port_attr_set_event(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
switchdev_work = kzalloc(sizeof(*switchdev_work), GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!switchdev_work)
return NOTIFY_BAD;
INIT_WORK(&switchdev_work->work,
dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work);
switchdev_work->dev = dev;
switchdev_work->event = event;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE: /* fall through */
case SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE:
net: dsa: fix added_by_user switchdev notification Commit 161d82de1ff8 ("net: bridge: Notify about !added_by_user FDB entries") causes the below oops when bringing up a slave interface, because dsa_port_fdb_add is still scheduled, but with a NULL address. To fix this, keep the dsa_slave_switchdev_event function agnostic of the notified info structure and handle the added_by_user flag in the specific dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work function. [ 75.512263] Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 00000000 [ 75.519063] pgd = (ptrval) [ 75.520545] [00000000] *pgd=00000000 [ 75.522839] Internal error: Oops: 17 [#1] ARM [ 75.525898] Modules linked in: [ 75.527673] CPU: 0 PID: 9 Comm: kworker/u2:1 Not tainted 4.17.0-rc2 #78 [ 75.532988] Hardware name: Freescale Vybrid VF5xx/VF6xx (Device Tree) [ 75.538153] Workqueue: dsa_ordered dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work [ 75.542970] PC is at mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge+0x60/0x1b0 [ 75.547341] LR is at mdiobus_read_nested+0x6c/0x78 [ 75.550833] pc : [<804cd5c0>] lr : [<804bba84>] psr: 60070013 [ 75.555796] sp : 9f54bd78 ip : 9f54bd87 fp : 9f54bddc [ 75.559719] r10: 00000000 r9 : 0000000e r8 : 9f6a6010 [ 75.563643] r7 : 00000000 r6 : 81203048 r5 : 9f6a6010 r4 : 9f6a601c [ 75.568867] r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000000 r1 : 0000000d r0 : 00000000 [ 75.574094] Flags: nZCv IRQs on FIQs on Mode SVC_32 ISA ARM Segment none [ 75.579933] Control: 10c53c7d Table: 9de20059 DAC: 00000051 [ 75.584384] Process kworker/u2:1 (pid: 9, stack limit = 0x(ptrval)) [ 75.589349] Stack: (0x9f54bd78 to 0x9f54c000) [ 75.592406] bd60: 00000000 00000000 [ 75.599295] bd80: 00000391 9f299d10 9f299d68 8014317c 9f7f0000 8120af00 00006dc2 00000000 [ 75.606186] bda0: 8120af00 00000000 9f54bdec 1c9f5d92 8014317c 9f6a601c 9f6a6010 00000000 [ 75.613076] bdc0: 00000000 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be0c 9f54bde0 804cd8a8 804cd56c [ 75.619966] bde0: 0000000e 80143680 00000001 9dce9c1c 81203048 9dce9c10 00000003 00000000 [ 75.626858] be00: 9f54be5c 9f54be10 806abcac 804cd864 9f54be54 80143664 8014317c 80143054 [ 75.633748] be20: ffcaa81d 00000000 812030b0 1c9f5d92 00000000 81203048 9f54beb4 00000003 [ 75.640639] be40: ffffffff 00000000 9dd1141c 8125a0b4 9f54be84 9f54be60 80138e98 806abb18 [ 75.647529] be60: 81203048 9ddc4000 9dce9c54 9f72a300 00000000 00000000 9f54be9c 9f54be88 [ 75.654420] be80: 801390bc 80138e50 00000000 9dce9c54 9f54beac 9f54bea0 806a9524 801390a0 [ 75.661310] bea0: 9f54bedc 9f54beb0 806a9c7c 806a950c 9f54becc 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.668201] bec0: 9f540000 1c9f5d92 805fe604 9ddffc00 9f54befc 9f54bee0 806ab228 806a9c38 [ 75.675092] bee0: 806ab178 9ddffc00 9f4c1900 9f40d200 9f54bf34 9f54bf00 80131e30 806ab184 [ 75.681983] bf00: 9f40d214 9f54a038 9f40d200 9f40d200 9f4c1918 812119a0 9f40d214 9f54a038 [ 75.688873] bf20: 9f40d200 9f4c1900 9f54bf7c 9f54bf38 80132124 80131d1c 9f5f2dd8 00000000 [ 75.695764] bf40: 812119a0 9f54a038 812119a0 81259c5b 9f5f2dd8 9f5f2dc0 9f53dbc0 00000000 [ 75.702655] bf60: 9f4c1900 801320b4 9f5f2dd8 9f4f7e88 9f54bfac 9f54bf80 80137ad0 801320c0 [ 75.709544] bf80: 9f54a000 9f53dbc0 801379a0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.716434] bfa0: 00000000 9f54bfb0 801010e8 801379ac 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.723324] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.730206] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.737083] Backtrace: [ 75.738252] [<804cd560>] (mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge) from [<804cd8a8>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x68) [ 75.746795] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:9f6a6010 [ 75.753323] r4:9f6a601c [ 75.754570] [<804cd858>] (mv88e6xxx_port_fdb_add) from [<806abcac>] (dsa_switch_event+0x1a0/0x660) [ 75.762238] r8:00000000 r7:00000003 r6:9dce9c10 r5:81203048 r4:9dce9c1c [ 75.767655] [<806abb0c>] (dsa_switch_event) from [<80138e98>] (notifier_call_chain+0x54/0x94) [ 75.774893] r10:8125a0b4 r9:9dd1141c r8:00000000 r7:ffffffff r6:00000003 r5:9f54beb4 [ 75.781423] r4:81203048 [ 75.782672] [<80138e44>] (notifier_call_chain) from [<801390bc>] (raw_notifier_call_chain+0x28/0x30) [ 75.790514] r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:9f72a300 r6:9dce9c54 r5:9ddc4000 r4:81203048 [ 75.796982] [<80139094>] (raw_notifier_call_chain) from [<806a9524>] (dsa_port_notify+0x24/0x38) [ 75.804483] [<806a9500>] (dsa_port_notify) from [<806a9c7c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add+0x50/0x6c) [ 75.811371] [<806a9c2c>] (dsa_port_fdb_add) from [<806ab228>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work+0xb0/0x10c) [ 75.819635] r4:9ddffc00 [ 75.820885] [<806ab178>] (dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work) from [<80131e30>] (process_one_work+0x120/0x3a4) [ 75.829241] r6:9f40d200 r5:9f4c1900 r4:9ddffc00 r3:806ab178 [ 75.833612] [<80131d10>] (process_one_work) from [<80132124>] (worker_thread+0x70/0x574) [ 75.840415] r10:9f4c1900 r9:9f40d200 r8:9f54a038 r7:9f40d214 r6:812119a0 r5:9f4c1918 [ 75.846945] r4:9f40d200 [ 75.848191] [<801320b4>] (worker_thread) from [<80137ad0>] (kthread+0x130/0x160) [ 75.854300] r10:9f4f7e88 r9:9f5f2dd8 r8:801320b4 r7:9f4c1900 r6:00000000 r5:9f53dbc0 [ 75.860830] r4:9f5f2dc0 [ 75.862076] [<801379a0>] (kthread) from [<801010e8>] (ret_from_fork+0x14/0x2c) [ 75.867999] Exception stack(0x9f54bfb0 to 0x9f54bff8) [ 75.871753] bfa0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.878640] bfc0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 [ 75.885519] bfe0: 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000013 00000000 [ 75.890844] r10:00000000 r9:00000000 r8:00000000 r7:00000000 r6:00000000 r5:801379a0 [ 75.897377] r4:9f53dbc0 r3:9f54a000 [ 75.899663] Code: e3a02000 e3a03000 e14b26f4 e24bc055 (e5973000) [ 75.904575] ---[ end trace fbca818a124dbf0d ]--- Fixes: 816a3bed9549 ("switchdev: Add fdb.added_by_user to switchdev notifications") Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-05-09 03:03:12 +00:00
if (dsa_slave_switchdev_fdb_work_init(switchdev_work, ptr))
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
goto err_fdb_work_init;
dev_hold(dev);
break;
default:
kfree(switchdev_work);
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
dsa_schedule_work(&switchdev_work->work);
return NOTIFY_OK;
err_fdb_work_init:
kfree(switchdev_work);
return NOTIFY_BAD;
}
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
static int
dsa_slave_switchdev_port_obj_event(unsigned long event,
struct net_device *netdev,
struct switchdev_notifier_port_obj_info *port_obj_info)
{
int err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD:
err = dsa_slave_port_obj_add(netdev, port_obj_info->obj,
port_obj_info->trans);
break;
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL:
err = dsa_slave_port_obj_del(netdev, port_obj_info->obj);
break;
}
port_obj_info->handled = true;
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
static int dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event(struct notifier_block *unused,
unsigned long event, void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = switchdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
if (!dsa_slave_dev_check(dev))
return NOTIFY_DONE;
switch (event) {
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD: /* fall through */
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_DEL:
return dsa_slave_switchdev_port_obj_event(event, dev, ptr);
net: dsa: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET Following patches will change the way we communicate setting a port's attribute and use notifiers towards that goal. Prepare DSA to support receiving notifier events targeting SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET from both atomic and process context and use a small helper to translate the event notifier into something that dsa_slave_port_attr_set() can process. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-27 19:44:27 +00:00
case SWITCHDEV_PORT_ATTR_SET:
return dsa_slave_switchdev_port_attr_set_event(dev, ptr);
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
}
return NOTIFY_DONE;
}
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_nb __read_mostly = {
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_netdevice_event,
};
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_event,
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
};
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
static struct notifier_block dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier = {
.notifier_call = dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_event,
};
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
int dsa_slave_register_notifier(void)
{
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
struct notifier_block *nb;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
int err;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
return err;
err = register_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_nb;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = register_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
goto err_switchdev_blocking_nb;
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
return 0;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
err_switchdev_blocking_nb:
unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
err_switchdev_nb:
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
return err;
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
}
void dsa_slave_unregister_notifier(void)
{
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
struct notifier_block *nb;
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
int err;
net: dsa: slave: Handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD/_DEL Following patches will change the way of distributing port object changes from a switchdev operation to a switchdev notifier. The switchdev code currently recursively descends through layers of lower devices, eventually calling the op on a front-panel port device. The notifier will instead be sent referencing the bridge port device, which may be a stacking device that's one of front-panel ports uppers, or a completely unrelated device. DSA currently doesn't support any other uppers than bridge. SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB and _PORT_MDB objects are always notified on the bridge port device. Thus the only case that a stacked device could be validly referenced by port object notifications are bridge notifications for VLAN objects added to the bridge itself. But the driver explicitly rejects such notifications in dsa_port_vlan_add(). It is therefore safe to assume that the only interesting case is that the notification is on a front-panel port netdevice. Therefore keep the filtering by dsa_slave_dev_check() in place. To handle SWITCHDEV_PORT_OBJ_ADD and _DEL, subscribe to the blocking notifier chain. Dispatch to rocker_port_obj_add() resp. _del() to maintain the behavior that the switchdev operation based code currently has. Signed-off-by: Petr Machata <petrm@mellanox.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-11-22 23:29:05 +00:00
nb = &dsa_slave_switchdev_blocking_notifier;
err = unregister_switchdev_blocking_notifier(nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev blocking notifier (%d)\n", err);
net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification Add support for learning FDB through notification. The driver defers the hardware update via ordered work queue. In case of a successful FDB add a notification is sent back to bridge. In case of hw FDB del failure the static FDB will be deleted from the bridge, thus, the interface is moved to down state in order to indicate inconsistent situation. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-08-06 13:15:42 +00:00
err = unregister_switchdev_notifier(&dsa_slave_switchdev_notifier);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister switchdev notifier (%d)\n", err);
net: dsa: move netdevice notifier registration Move the netdevice notifier block register code in slave.c and provide helpers for dsa.c to register and unregister it. At the same time, check for errors since (un)register_netdevice_notifier may fail. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-03 18:20:16 +00:00
err = unregister_netdevice_notifier(&dsa_slave_nb);
if (err)
pr_err("DSA: failed to unregister slave notifier (%d)\n", err);
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink